<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hk4117</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Hk4117"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Hk4117"/>
	<updated>2026-05-21T06:52:26Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793446</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793446"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:27:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the early transition state with high vibrational energy prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the products, with most of the reactant energy being channelled to the translational mode of the product. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation of the reactant. Since for a late transition state the product forms just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793388</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793388"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T16:17:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate. This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modified by +/-0.01 A. The calculation used 5000 steps to determine the local minima the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are in the reaction of H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74 A, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 A were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that as the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. When the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was just above the activation energy barrier the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had most of its kinetic energy in the form of translation. The products were very excited vibrationally as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph. The HF molecule had high frequency and amplitude oscillation of the momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation and so consevation of energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early transition state occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational. For an early transition state, it is better for the reactants not to be excited vibrationally to have more energy available to reach the barrier. For a late transition state, being vibrationally excited will help the reactants surmount the activation energy barrier. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793252</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793252"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:58:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule. This is because the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that the bond length elongates back again which then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The product produced has a lot of vibrational energy that the vibration causes the bond length to reach to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793229</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793229"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:49:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that position.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn towards any of the wells shown in the diagram which means that the species are right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph on the left also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. MEP produces a trajectory such that it corresponds to infinitely slow motion. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph from MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793154</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793154"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:35:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793138</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793138"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:33:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical&amp;gt;J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793132</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793132"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:32:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref name=Chemical/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
1-&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793126</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793126"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:30:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: /* Transition State */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
1-&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793110</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793110"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:25:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channelled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
1-&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[J. I. Steinfeld, J. S. Francisco, W. L. Hase Chemical Kinetic and Dynamics Prentice-Hall]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793023</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=793023"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:09:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]] Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the change in enthalpy is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]] Figure 11: Locating the Transition State&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 12: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 13: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 14: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]] Figure 15:Unreactive Trajectory&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]] Figure 16:The reactive trajectory for H+HF reaction&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792994</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792994"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T15:05:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG|bottom|Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792951</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792951"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:57:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG|option|frameless|upright=0.1|link=|alt=]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792929</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792929"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:54:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TSHF.PNG]] [[File:TSHF2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TSHF2.PNG&amp;diff=792927</id>
		<title>File:TSHF2.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TSHF2.PNG&amp;diff=792927"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:53:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TSHF.PNG&amp;diff=792922</id>
		<title>File:TSHF.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:TSHF.PNG&amp;diff=792922"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:52:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792877</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792877"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:46:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction occurs at the saddle point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products and so must produce a turning point that is maximum in nature. In the 3D diagram there are two planes and a saddle point is defined to be the point where following one of the plane results in a minimum whereas following the other one results in a maximum. In order to find the transition state, we are looking for the plane that gives the maximum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At transition state all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses, producing a straight line, whereas waves corresponding to the vibration of the molecule is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792756</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792756"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T14:17:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As described above the reaction, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F, completely agrees with the rules such that, the reactants which enter the transition state at the entrance channel result in vibrationally excited products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction, HF+H, it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start with. The reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy into the translational energy of the product, since the H-H bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectory below shows how the success of the reaction is affected, if the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule were to have greater kinetic energy and to be vibrationally excited in the reaction H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In conclusion the efficiency of a reaction depends very much on the kinetic energy provided to the starting molecules and the position of the transition state. The example above showed that for an early transition state, increasing the kinetic energy of the reactants decreased the efficiency of the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product forms just after the bond between them were formed, all of the energy goes into their translation. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792652</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792652"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T13:58:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]] Figure 12: The contour plot for the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction and the Momentum vs Time graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+F reaction, it was found that p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85 were the conditions that would result in a successful reaction. The reaction gave a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. This means that the energy released during the reaction was channelled into vibrational excitation of the product. The trajectory of the contour plot shows how close the reaction complex occurs to the reactants. It could be seen that As the distance between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the trajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the variations in the potential and kinetic energy showing that going through the reactants to products resulted in the vibrational excitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Productsvibration.PNG]] Figure 13: Energy vs Time graph &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction,  and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Productsvibration.PNG&amp;diff=792606</id>
		<title>File:Productsvibration.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Productsvibration.PNG&amp;diff=792606"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T13:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792471</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792471"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T13:30:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: This graph shows how close the energies of the Transition state and the reactants are and was also used to determine the energy of the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also supports the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channelled the energy coming from the exothermicity of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792383</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792383"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T13:22:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure 10: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to calculate the energies of the reactants and products, one of the transition state positions was modifies by +/-0.01 A and was given about 5000 step to see where exactly the species were going to fall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]] Figure 11: The energy of the reactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792344</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792344"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T13:18:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactants min.PNG]]Figure 8: Energy of the reactants [[File:Products min.PNG]] Figure 9: Energy of the products   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen from the above diagram that the products have a more negative energy than the reactants.This means that the reaction will be exothermic, releasing energy when going from the reactants to products. The information shows that the HF molecule is more stable than the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This result could be attributed to the electronegativity differences between the atoms. While H is the most electropositive atom, F atom is the most electronegative. The bond between them would be very polar and ionic, resulting in very stable and strong bond with high dissociation energy. In contrast the H-H bond is non-polar and needs a lot less energy to dissociate.This is confirmed by the graph and the enthalpy calculation below. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following graph shows the relative energies of the reactants and products;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enth.PNG]] Figure X: The Energy vs graph&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following calculation confirms that the deltah is negative and so the reaction is exothermic.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 8 and 9 shows the relative positions of the reactants and products for the reaction. It could be seen that there is no obvious maximum occurring in the reaction path. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The method used for the fist reaction was employed again to locate the transition state. It was found that it occurred when H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-F&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=1.81009 A and H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=0.74489 A. The equilibrium length of a H-H bond in a H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule is 0.74 A. This means that the minimal elongation of the equilibrium bond length resulted in the activated complex occurring very close to the reactants in energy in addition to its position such that it is disguised in the potential surface diagram.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792103</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=792103"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T12:34:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule with a H atom and with a F atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that value.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The below graph shows where the transition state is located for the reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]Figure 1 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point, r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom of the molecule would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state barrier. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred when r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were carried out by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum, the species stay at that point resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]Figure 2: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]Figure 3: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 A and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 A with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the former bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is now downhill and so the products are expected to be formed. This formation could be verified by two different algorithms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]]Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]]Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy of the products. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]]Figure 6:Momentum vs Time graph from Dynamics Calculation [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 7: Momentum vs Time graph MEP calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position after crossing the transition state barrier, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum as time progresses. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary, resulting in no momentum.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trajectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the starting H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule. This resulted in less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that although the kinetic energy was higher, the available kinetic energy, translational energy to cross the activation barrier was lower, causing less energy release to be converted to the vibrational energy of the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back to the reactants. The increased energy allowed for a second collision which then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption of the theory in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, resulting in the products even faster. In reality conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion of the products. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacement of two atoms might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489 A. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791957</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791957"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T11:33:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489 A. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conservation of energy brings together the fact that the product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following the rules, the two trajectories below show how the success of the reaction would be affected if the reactants were to start with high high vibrational energy or with low with low vibrational energy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It could be seen that when the kinetic energy supplied to the reaction was low and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule had its KE in the translational mode, the reaction took place. The products were very excited as could be seen from the momentum vs time graph that the HF molecule had high oscillation momentum, having transferred all of the  energy to its vibration&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conditions: p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -0.5,p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -2, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, it could be seen that, starting the reaction with a vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule does not result in a successful collision. Reaching the transition state with high vibrations prevents the formation of the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reactive trajectory for H+HF was found to take place when p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=-3, p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= -1, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HF&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.74, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HH&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.85. For the reaction to be successful, the reactant, H-F bond needed to be highly excited vibrationally to be able to produce the reactants with most of the energy being channeled to its translational mode. The endothermic reaction again confirms that the late transition energy was reached with the high vibrational excitation. Since the product form just after the bond between them are formed, all of the energy goes into their translarion. If it were to vibrate at that point, the bond would break and the transition state would be recrossed to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791906</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791906"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:52:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489 A. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure was employed to see how the differences i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.85&lt;br /&gt;
0.75&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-0.5,0&lt;br /&gt;
-0.5,-2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-0C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-0M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:0.5-2C.PNG]] [[File:0.5-2M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.5-3C.PNG]] [[File:1.5-3M.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:1.5-3M.PNG&amp;diff=791905</id>
		<title>File:1.5-3M.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:1.5-3M.PNG&amp;diff=791905"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:52:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:1.5-3C.PNG&amp;diff=791901</id>
		<title>File:1.5-3C.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:1.5-3C.PNG&amp;diff=791901"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:51:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-2M.PNG&amp;diff=791900</id>
		<title>File:0.5-2M.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-2M.PNG&amp;diff=791900"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:51:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-2C.PNG&amp;diff=791897</id>
		<title>File:0.5-2C.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-2C.PNG&amp;diff=791897"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:51:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-0M.PNG&amp;diff=791896</id>
		<title>File:0.5-0M.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-0M.PNG&amp;diff=791896"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:50:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-0C.PNG&amp;diff=791895</id>
		<title>File:0.5-0C.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:0.5-0C.PNG&amp;diff=791895"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:50:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791878</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791878"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:37:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489 A. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure was employed to see how the differences i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.85&lt;br /&gt;
0.75&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-0.5,0&lt;br /&gt;
-0.5,-2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:]] [[File:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:]] [[File:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791864</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791864"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:24:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Locate the approximate position of the transition state&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489 A. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure was employed to see how the differences i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791863</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791863"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:20:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.999-(104.009)= -26.99 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -103.754-(-104.009)= 0.26 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -103.754-(-133.999)= 30.25 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure was employed to see how the differences i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791859</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791859"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:16:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed amongst vibrational, rotational and translational modes and for the first two modes the energy leves are quantized.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure was employed to see how the differences i&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791857</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791857"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T10:12:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Reactantsengson.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate:&lt;br /&gt;
Polanyi carried out many calculations in order to figure out how the energy is consumed and disposed in a bimolecular reaction. The position of a transition state could be described as &amp;quot;early&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;late&amp;quot;. The early TS occurs when the reactants are approaching to each other whereas the late transition takes place at the exit channels where the products separate. It was found that a bimolecular reaction with an early barrier would favour vibrationally excited products whereas a late barrier would result in the energy being channelled to translational mode rather than vibrational.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hammond&#039;s postulate also support the findings of Polanyi. According to Hammond&#039;s postulate for an exothermic reaction, the transition state resembles the reactants and thus occurs at the entrance channel. In contrast an endothermic reaction has a late transition state resembling the products. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the reaction between H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F atom, it could be seen that, the successful reaction resulted in a H-F molecule with high frequency and amplitude vibrations. The exothermic reaction which has an early transition state has channeled the energy coming from the exothermicty of the reaction to the vibrational excitation of the products. The below figure shows how the reaction complex occurs very close to the hydrogen molecule and the fluorine atom. Most of the energy released is thus taken up by the HF molecule. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  molecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When it comes to the reverse reaction and that it is the H-F molecule and a H atom that we start , the reaction is endothermic, and the vibrationally excited molecule channels its energy to the translational energy of the product, H-H since the bond forms just after the transition state. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed among vibrational, rotational and translational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fo rotational and vibrational energies, the levels are quantised&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the vibrational energy of the reactant bein channeled to the translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactantsengson.PNG&amp;diff=791798</id>
		<title>File:Reactantsengson.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactantsengson.PNG&amp;diff=791798"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T09:39:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791756</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791756"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T08:20:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Enth.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For H2+F reaction:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For HF+H reaction=&lt;br /&gt;
Transition Energy-Reactant Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reaction compleex is very close to F2 arti H. Most of the heat released during the reaction is taken up by the HF molecules. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  olecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed among vibrational, rotational and translational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fo rotational and vibrational energies, the levels are quantised&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
how energy is consumed and disposed in a biomolecular reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the vibrational energy of the reactant bein channeled to the translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Enth.PNG&amp;diff=791755</id>
		<title>File:Enth.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Enth.PNG&amp;diff=791755"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T08:09:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791754</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791754"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T08:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Activation energy.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Polanyi&#039;s Rules and Hammond&#039;s Postulate===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reaction compleex is very close to F2 arti H. Most of the heat released during the reaction is taken up by the HF molecules. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  olecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed among vibrational, rotational and translational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fo rotational and vibrational energies, the levels are quantised&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
how energy is consumed and disposed in a biomolecular reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the vibrational energy of the reactant bein channeled to the translational energy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791753</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791753"/>
		<updated>2019-05-24T07:55:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Activation energy.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Infrared Chemiluminescence could be used to confirm that the produced HF molecule is vibrationally excited. Once the products are produced during a reaction, an electromagnetic radiation in the IR region is emitted which confirms that the products are vibrationally excited. The technique is primarily employed for the reactions that produce a Hydrogen-Halogen molecule in excited states.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
reaction compleex is very close to F2 arti H. Most of the heat released during the reaction is taken up by the HF molecules. The channelling of this energy to the vibration of the  olecule could be seen by the trajectory below. As the distance between HC and HB increased and the H-F distance decreased, vibrational excition appeared in the teajectory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The product energy states are distributed among vibrational, rotational and translational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fo rotational and vibrational energies, the levels are quantised&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
how energy is consumed and disposed in a biomolecular reaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Activation_energy.PNG&amp;diff=791743</id>
		<title>File:Activation energy.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Activation_energy.PNG&amp;diff=791743"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:20:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: Hk4117 uploaded a new version of File:Activation energy.PNG&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791741</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791741"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:19:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]] [[File:Activation energy.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the products are more stable and so have a more negative energy than the reactants, it was expected to have a release of energy going from the reactants to the products. This is confirmed by the enthalpy calculation below which results in a negative value proving that it is an exothermic reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions resulting in a very strong bond.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Enthalpy Calculation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82 kcal/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Transition State&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
chemoluminescence IR&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
inversion of momentum procedure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Activation_energy.PNG&amp;diff=791735</id>
		<title>File:Activation energy.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Activation_energy.PNG&amp;diff=791735"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:13:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: Hk4117 uploaded a new version of File:Activation energy.PNG&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791734</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791734"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:07:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Figure 4: Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Figure 5: Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]] Figure 6: Momenta from Dynamics and MEP calculations respectively&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Even though the species are not given initial momenta, since they are positioned to start from a downhill position, conversion of potential energy to kinetic allows the movement of the species to the most stable position, the energy level of the products, giving rise to changes in momentum. Since MEP calculation ignores the conservation of energy, it assumes that the product will have no energy to vibrate and be stationary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for thermal rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules will not roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A-B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; distance got smaller than they were at the transition state, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactants side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H2 and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Products min.PNG]] [[File:Reactants min.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enthalpy Calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the graph and the negative deltaH calculated it could be seen that the forward reaction is exothermic. The reactants are higher in energy than the products. Energy is released as a result of the reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the inversion of momentum procedure for a trajectory starting on the transition state can be useful in this case.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactants_min.PNG&amp;diff=791733</id>
		<title>File:Reactants min.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Reactants_min.PNG&amp;diff=791733"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:06:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Products_min.PNG&amp;diff=791732</id>
		<title>File:Products min.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:Products_min.PNG&amp;diff=791732"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T23:06:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791706</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791706"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T22:37:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A. All the trials were done by equating the two momenta parameters to 0. When all of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy and the species are sitting on a maximum with no momentum the species stay there resulting in no reaction trajectories.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]]   &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 1: The location of x shows the position of transition state. There is no trajectory drawn to any of the wells shown in the diagram which means the species are not anywhere that is downhill but right at the maximum point.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 2: The Internuclear Distances vs Time graph above also confirms that the species are stationary since there is no change in the distances as the time progresses.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Figure 3 : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through the simple harmonic oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the former distance was increased by 0.01 instead, the molecules were going to roll down back to the energy level where they started with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;the reactant molecules are distributed amongst their states in accordance with the maxwell-boltzmann distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the A-B distance reached the equilibrium bond length, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactant side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H2 and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H2 and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enthalpy Calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the graph and the negative deltaH calculated it could be seen that the forward reaction is exothermic. The reactants are higher in energy than the products. Energy is released as a result of the reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the inversion of momentum procedure for a trajectory starting on the transition state can be useful in this case.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791705</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791705"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T22:31:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the location of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule occurs on a symmetric surface. This means that at the transition state the internuclear distances between the consecutive atoms will be the same; r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to locate the saddle point r values ranging between 0.78 and 1 A were used for experimentation. Since the equilibrium bond length for a Hydrogen molecule is 0.74 A, and since an elongation of the bond is expected at the transition state, a value bigger than that was chosen. The limit was chosen such that the molecule and the atom were close enough such that H atom H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; would result in a bond with a length of 0.74 A after crossing over the transition state. After experimenting with the values, it was found that the maximum energy occurred at r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;AB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;BC&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 0.90774 A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Momentum was also set to 0 which meant that the atoms had no energy to move down the hill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]] &#039;&#039;Figure : The location of black dot shows the location of the transition state on a potential energy surface diagram&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph above has a point x which represents where the transition state is located. The black dot moves to either side of x when it has energy. Since no trajectory path is drawn here, this means the atoms are sitting at that position.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through the simple harmonic oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the former distance was increased by 0.01 instead, the molecules were going to roll down back to the energy level where they started with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;the reactant molecules are distributed amongst their states in accordance with the maxwell-boltzmann distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the A-B distance reached the equilibrium bond length, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactant side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H2 and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H2 and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enthalpy Calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the graph and the negative deltaH calculated it could be seen that the forward reaction is exothermic. The reactants are higher in energy than the products. Energy is released as a result of the reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the inversion of momentum procedure for a trajectory starting on the transition state can be useful in this case.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791699</id>
		<title>01356570:physicalcomplab</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=01356570:physicalcomplab&amp;diff=791699"/>
		<updated>2019-05-23T21:51:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Hk4117: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;For a three atom reaction, the potential surface is four dimensional. In the discussions below, the angle between the bonds is fixed to 180&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;o&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, making the surface collinear to decrease the dimensionality to three. A potential energy profile for the three atom reaction is then plotted as a function of the internuclear distances, the reaction path for in order to investigate a reaction of the hydrogen molecule with hydrogen atom and with a fluorine atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 1: H + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;On a potential energy surface diagram, how is the transition state mathematically defined? How can the transition state be identified, and how can it be distinguished from a local minimum of the potential energy surface?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Transition state of a reaction results in a maximum point on a potential energy surface vs reaction coordinate diagram. This is the highest energy state that the reactants have to go through before turning into the products. All of the kinetic energy is converted to potential energy at that state, resulting in a 0 gradient at the point. The first step in calculation is finding the values for position, r that gives 0 when the first derivative of potential energy, V(r) is taken with respect to the Cartesian coordinates. The calculated r values are then introduced into the second derivative of V(r). A negative value of second derivative means that the r value corresponds to a maximum whereas a positive value shows that the r value is where the minimum of the potential energy is located on the graph. As a result, the negative value will indicate the presence of transition state at that point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report your best estimate of the transition state position (rts) and explain your reasoning illustrating it with a “Internuclear Distances vs Time” plot for a relevant trajectory.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction between the H atom and the H2 molecule occurs on a symmetric surface(?) which means at the transition state the distances between successive atoms will be the same. It is expected that at the transition state, while the bond of the molecule will elongate, the distance between one of the H atoms of the molecule and the H atom will decrease. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to estimate the internuclear distances the saddle point occurs for that reaction a range of numbers between 0.74 and 1.9 were trialed, setting the r values to be the same. Momentum was also set to 0 which meant that the atoms had no energy to move down the hill. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstate location.PNG]] [[File:H2internuclearplotfortransition.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The graph above has a point x which represents where the transition state is located. The black dot moves to either side of x when it has energy. Since no trajectory path is drawn here, this means the atoms are sitting at that position. The distance between them was found to be 0.90774.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:H2transitionstaeblackdot.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==MEP and Dynamics Calculations==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comment on how the mep and the trajectory you just calculated differ&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The trajectories below were calculated such that the distance between the the atoms which used to be a molecule was increased to 0.91774 and the distance where a new bond will form was kept at the transition state position, 0.90774 with 0 momenta. This means that the elongation of the bond increased and the transition state is crossed over. The reaction path is downhill and so the products are expected to be formed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicscontour.PNG]] [[File:Dynamicsinternuclear.PNG]] Calculation with the Dynamics algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
                &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mepcontour.PNG]] [[File:Mepinternucleardistance.PNG]] Calculation with the MEP algorithm&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
MEP (minimum energy path) and dynamics were the two algorithms used to observe the trajectory of the reaction. In MEP calculation of the trajectory, it could be seen that the product has no change in its internuclear distance as time progresses whereas vibration is observed for the latter calculation. This means that in MEP calculation, energy is not conserved, it does not take into account the involvement of kinetic energy after bond formation. The extra energy released after bond formation goes into rotational and vibrational energy. Dynamics algorithm instead uses the dynamic information and shows that the excess energy is converted into vibrational such that the equilibrium bond length goes through the simple harmonic oscillation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dynamicsmomentum.PNG]] [[File:Momentummep.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the former distance was increased by 0.01 instead, the molecules were going to roll down back to the energy level where they started with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reactive and Unreactive Trajectories==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=1&lt;br /&gt;
! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; !! Reactive? !!  Internuclear Distance vs Time Graph !! Illustration of the trajectory !! Description of the dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.25 || -2.5  || -99.018 || Yes || [[File:Momentum1.PNG]] || [[File:Table1.PNG]] || The collision between the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; atom and the H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule results in a successful reaction. It could be seen that the product molecule has more vibrational energy than the reactant molecule since the trjectory after crossing the transition state has a bigger frequency and amplitude of vibration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.0  || -100.456 || No || [[File:Momentum2moreaccurate.PNG]] || [[File:Table2.PNG]] || Although the molecule and the atom collide, the collision does not result in a successful reaction. The kinetic energy of the reactants is not enough to get over the activation energy barrier.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -1.5  || -2.5  || -98.956 || Yes || [[File:Momentum3.PNG]] || [[File:Table3.PNG]] || The trajectory in that case shows that products are produced. In comparison to the first trajectory the reactants have more vibrational energy because of having a slight increase towards negative in the momentum of the stating hydrogen molecule. This resulted in a less defined vibrations in the final molecule when compared to the first trajectory. This could be explained such that the primary hydrogen molecule had less available energy when crossing the barrier which resulted in a smaller energy change and so less energy to be conserved by vibrational and rotational modes.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.0  || -84.956 || No || [[File:Momentum4.PNG]] || [[File:Table4.PNG]] || This reaction has enough energy that the reactants reach the transition state and the products are produced. The resulting product has so much energy that, the bond length elongates back again and then breaks reforming the reactants. This case evokes the idea of an anharmonic oscillator. The products produced have a lot of energy that the vibration results the bond length reaching to the levels that the attraction between the two nuclei is not enough to keep the atoms together. The released energy after breaking the bond is again enough to recross the transition state and produce the vibrationally excited H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;B&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;-H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -2.5  || -5.2  || -83.416 || Yes || [[File:Momentum5.PNG]] || [[File:Table5.PNG]] || This trajectory results in a successful collision in comparison to the case above. The difference is such that more kinetic energy is put into the system. Increasing the p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;HAHB&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; resulted in a collision that formed a bond which then quickly turned back. The second collision then gave the vibrationally excited products successfully. It could be seen that the vibrations have high amplitude and frequency. &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Transition State Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;State what are the main assumptions of Transition State Theory. Given the results you have obtained, how will Transition State Theory predictions for reaction rate values compare with experimental values?&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state theory employs the occurrence of that maximum state in between the reactants and products in order to equate the expression for rate constant. The primary assumptions of the theory are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1-Born-Oppenheimer approximation(treating electronic and nuclear motion separately)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;the reactant molecules are distributed amongst their states in accordance with the maxwell-boltzmann distribution&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2-Distribution of reactants amongst states follows Maxwell-Boltzmann laws.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3-Once the transition state is crossed towards the products, molecules roll back to reform the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4-The motion available to the species in the transition state is translation only.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5-Irrespective of the reversibility of the reaction the states of the species in transition state are distributed in accordance with Maxwell-Boltzman distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In reaction 4 presented above, although the transition state was crossed over and the A-B distance reached the equilibrium bond length, the mechanism reverted, producing the reactants back again. The third assumption in that case fails. Theory instead suggests that, the greater kinetic energy should have resulted in a greater rate constant, giving the products even faster. Conservation of energy thus brings about a highly excited vibrational motion. This relates to anharmonic oscillator which tells how bigger displacements might result in the bond between the two atoms to be broken. The energy released by bond breakage also helps get back to the transition state and roll to the reactant side. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Exercise 2: F + H2 and H + HF=&lt;br /&gt;
==Potential Energy Surfaces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;By inspecting the potential energy surfaces, classify the F + H2 and H + HF reactions according to their energetics (endothermic or exothermic). How does this relate to the bond strength of the chemical species involved? Locate the approximate position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PES graphs below show the two local minima, the former representing the level where reactants are found, H2 and F, and the latter which is much lower in energy standing for the products, H and HF. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state seems not to appear in the graph. Since it is not possible to capture a species in a reaction in its transition state, Hammond&#039;s postulate uses the configuration of the local minimum closest to the transition state to determine the possible arrangement of the transition state. The local minima are either the products or reactants or intermediates. They could all be captured in a reaction mechanism and the one that has the most similar energy to transition state is said to resemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The transition state occurs at 1.81009 and 0.74489. The equilibrium bond length for the H-H bond is 0.74. This means that the transition state is expected to appear very close in energy to the reactants. The minimal elongation of the bond is also supported by the energy of the transition state which was found by setting momenta 0 and placing the internuclear distances where they do not follow a trajectory and are stable. The table below shows the activation energies from the information:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enthalpy Calculation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
deltaH=Hproducts-Hreactants&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=-130.599-(103.783)=-26.82&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the graph and the negative deltaH calculated it could be seen that the forward reaction is exothermic. The reactants are higher in energy than the products. Energy is released as a result of the reaction. It is the strength of the H-F bond that makes the product a lot more stable than the reactants. The huge electronegativity difference between H and F atoms give a highly ionic bond with very strong attractions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Report the activation energy for both reactions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Transition State Energy-Reactants Energy= -104.01-(-103.783)=0.23&lt;br /&gt;
Products Energy-Transition Energy= -130.599-(-104.01)=-26.59&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Reaction Dynamics==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Polanyi&#039;s Rules&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;In light of the fact that energy is conserved, discuss the mechanism of release of the reaction energy. Explain how this could be confirmed experimentally.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Increasing the kinetic energy of the hydrogen molecule resulted in a reaction with bigger vibrational energy to some extent but after a point the kinetic energy was too high that -3 collision took place but bond formation did not happen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
no reaction when the momentum was positive. kinetic energy increases irrespective of the sign of the momentum&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
goes back to reactants?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IR?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Using the inversion of momentum procedure for a trajectory starting on the transition state can be useful in this case.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Discuss how the distribution of energy between different modes (translation and vibration) affect the efficiency of the reaction, and how this is influenced by the position of the transition state.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is the translational energy that is available for use in conversion to products whereas the kinetic energy that comes from vibration and rotation could not be used for this purpose. Once the available energy surpasses the products are produced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
an early transition&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rules in combination support the idea that an exothermic reaction has an early transition state and that an endothermic reaction has a late transition state. The state should resemble the reactants for the former case whereas the products for the endothermic case. For an efficient reaction, if the transition state occurs at an early state &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Hk4117</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>